1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
56 * DOC: Station handling
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
220 * up a connection or after roaming.
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
243 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
341 * global regdomain will be returned.
342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
376 * added to all specified management frames generated by
377 * kernel/firmware/driver.
378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
394 * partial scan results may be available
396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
476 * the beacon hint was processed.
478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
481 * authentication process.
482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
490 * to be added to the frame.
491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
501 * pending authentication timed out).
502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
535 * determined by the network interface.
537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
562 * a different BSS is desired.
563 * Background scan period can optionally be
564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
565 * if not specified default background scan configuration
566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
575 * well to remain backwards compatible.
576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
598 * frequency for the operation.
599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
612 * uniquely identify the request.
613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
630 * backward compatibility
631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
648 * is used during CSA period.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
659 * backward compatibility.
661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
678 * precedence when they are used.
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
694 * command, the feature is disabled.
696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
697 * mesh config parameters may be given.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
699 * network is determined by the network interface.
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
718 * depending on the authentication result.
720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
725 * more background information, see
726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
767 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
798 * from the remote AP) is completed;
800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
807 * interfaces to change channel as well.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
813 * public action frame TX.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
823 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
839 * while operating on this channel.
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
860 * return back to normal.
862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
873 * switch is complete.
875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
900 * fail even if the check was successful.
901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
913 * network is determined by the network interface.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
925 * when this command completes.
927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
933 * cfg80211_scan_done().
935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
939 * cluster. This command must have a valid
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
951 * of the function upon success.
952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
956 * which just terminated.
957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
959 * the response to this command.
960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1025 * command interface.
1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1037 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1039 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1040 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1042 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1043 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1044 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1045 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1046 * the netlink extended ack message.
1048 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1050 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1051 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1052 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1055 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1056 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1058 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1059 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1060 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1061 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1064 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1065 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1066 * determining the width and type.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1069 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1070 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1071 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1074 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1075 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1076 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1077 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1078 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1079 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1080 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1081 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1084 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1085 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1086 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1088 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1089 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1091 enum nl80211_commands {
1092 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1095 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1096 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1097 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1098 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1100 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1101 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1102 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1103 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1105 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1106 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1107 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1108 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1110 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1111 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1112 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1113 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1114 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1115 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1117 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1118 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1119 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1120 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1122 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1123 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1124 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1125 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1129 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1130 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1132 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1135 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1137 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1139 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1140 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1141 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1142 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1144 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1146 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1147 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1148 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1149 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1151 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1153 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1155 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1156 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1158 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1160 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1162 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1164 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1166 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1167 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1169 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1170 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1171 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1173 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1174 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1176 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1178 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1179 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1181 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1182 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1183 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1186 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1188 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1189 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1191 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1192 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1194 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1196 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1197 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1199 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1200 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1202 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1204 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1205 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1207 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1208 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1209 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1210 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1214 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1216 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1217 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1219 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1221 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1223 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1225 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1229 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1231 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1232 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1234 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1236 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1238 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1240 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1244 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1245 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1247 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1248 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1250 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1251 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1253 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1257 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1259 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1260 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1262 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1264 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1265 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1267 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1269 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1270 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1272 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1274 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1276 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1277 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1278 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1279 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1280 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1281 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1283 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1285 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1287 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1288 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1290 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1292 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1294 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1296 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1298 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1300 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1302 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1303 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1304 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1306 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1308 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1310 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1312 /* add new commands above here */
1314 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1315 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1316 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1320 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1323 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1324 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1325 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1326 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1327 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1328 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1329 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1330 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1332 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1334 /* source-level API compatibility */
1335 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1336 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1337 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1340 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1345 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1349 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1351 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1352 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1354 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1355 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1357 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1359 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1361 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1362 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1364 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1365 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1366 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1367 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1369 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1370 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1372 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1373 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1375 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1376 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1378 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1379 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1381 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1388 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1393 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1397 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1399 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1402 * default management key
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1404 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1406 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1415 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1417 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1419 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1420 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1422 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1424 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1425 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1428 * consisting of a nested array.
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1432 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1435 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1436 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1439 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1442 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1443 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1444 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1445 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1446 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1447 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1448 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1449 * to a specific alpha2.
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1459 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1460 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1463 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1466 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1467 * of the interface mode.
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1470 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1473 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1476 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1478 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1480 * that can be added to a scan request
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1482 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1484 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1488 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1492 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1494 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1497 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1498 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1501 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1502 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1505 * represented as a u32
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1507 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1513 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1514 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1515 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1516 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1518 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1519 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1520 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1521 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1527 * for other networks on different channels
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1530 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1533 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1534 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1535 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1536 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1537 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1538 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1539 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1542 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1545 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1546 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1547 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1548 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1549 * default in station mode.
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1551 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1552 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1553 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1554 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1555 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1557 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1558 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1560 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1561 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1562 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1563 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1564 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1565 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1566 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1570 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1573 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1574 * a local disconnect request.
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1578 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1579 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1582 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1583 * (an array of u32).
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1585 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1588 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1589 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1591 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1592 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1593 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1594 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1595 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1596 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1597 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1600 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1602 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1605 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1606 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1607 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1608 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1611 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1613 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1614 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1619 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1620 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1621 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1622 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1623 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1624 * completely from scratch.
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1629 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1630 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1634 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1638 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1639 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1644 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1645 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1646 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1647 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1648 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1649 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1650 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1651 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1652 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1653 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1654 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1657 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1659 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1661 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1662 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1663 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1665 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1666 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1669 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1674 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1677 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1678 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1679 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1680 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1683 * connected to this BSS.
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1686 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1688 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1689 * for non-automatic settings.
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1692 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1695 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1696 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1697 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1699 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1700 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1701 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1702 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1703 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1704 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1705 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1706 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1707 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1708 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1711 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1712 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1713 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1714 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1717 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1720 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1725 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1726 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1727 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1728 * nl80211 capability flag.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1733 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1734 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1737 * changed once the mesh is active.
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1739 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1741 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1742 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1744 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1745 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1749 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1751 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1752 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1759 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1760 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1761 * pass-thru filter rules.
1762 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1763 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1764 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1765 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1766 * able to ignore them by itself.
1767 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1768 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1769 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1770 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1771 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1772 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1773 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1774 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1777 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1778 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1780 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1781 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1782 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1785 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1788 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1789 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1790 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1793 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1794 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1797 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1798 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1799 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1801 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1802 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1803 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1804 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1807 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1812 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1815 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1818 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1819 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1820 * applications use this attribute.
1821 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1822 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1825 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1826 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1828 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1830 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1832 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1834 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1835 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1836 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1839 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1840 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1841 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1844 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1845 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1846 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1849 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1851 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1852 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1853 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1856 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1857 * to be filled by the FW.
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1859 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1861 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1862 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1863 * The values that may be configured are:
1864 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1865 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1866 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1867 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1868 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1871 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1872 * to one DFS region.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1878 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1879 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1880 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1881 * capability to timeout the stations.
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1884 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1885 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1888 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1891 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1892 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1893 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1894 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1897 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1898 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1901 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1902 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1903 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1904 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1905 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1906 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1907 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1908 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1912 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1917 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1919 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1920 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1921 * no change is made.
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1924 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1927 * carried in a u32 attribute
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1933 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1937 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1940 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1941 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1943 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1946 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1949 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1953 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1956 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1957 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1965 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1967 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1970 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1971 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1972 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1977 * until the channel switch event.
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1979 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1982 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1984 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1986 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1989 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1994 * supported operating classes.
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1997 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1998 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1999 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2000 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2004 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2006 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2009 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2010 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2011 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2015 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2018 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2020 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2023 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2024 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2030 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2031 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2032 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2033 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2034 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2037 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2039 * supported number of csa counters.
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2042 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2045 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2046 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2047 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2048 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2049 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2050 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2051 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2052 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2053 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2054 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2055 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2056 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2057 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2059 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2060 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2061 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2062 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2063 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2064 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2065 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2066 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2069 * the TDLS link initiator.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2072 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2073 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2074 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2075 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2076 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2077 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2078 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2079 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2080 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2081 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2082 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2085 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2086 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2087 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2088 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2093 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2096 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2103 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2104 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2105 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2108 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2109 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2110 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2111 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2112 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2115 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2116 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2117 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2118 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2119 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2120 * over all channels.
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2123 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2124 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2125 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2128 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2131 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2133 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2135 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2137 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2138 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2139 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2140 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2141 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2143 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2144 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2145 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2147 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2148 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2149 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2150 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2151 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2154 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2159 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2160 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2164 * groupID for monitor mode.
2165 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2166 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2167 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2168 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2169 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2171 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2172 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2173 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2174 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2176 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2178 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2179 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2180 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2183 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2184 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2185 * attribute must not be included).
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2187 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2189 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2190 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2191 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2192 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2194 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2195 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2196 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2199 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2202 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2203 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2204 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2205 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2207 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2208 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2209 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2210 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2211 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2212 * the device will decide what to use.
2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2214 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2217 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2221 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2222 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2225 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2228 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2231 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2232 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2233 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2234 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2235 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2236 * unnecessary wakeups.
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2239 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2240 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2241 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2242 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2245 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2246 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2249 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2250 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2253 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2254 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2257 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2258 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2261 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2262 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2263 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2264 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2267 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2268 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2271 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2272 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2273 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2274 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2275 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2278 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2280 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2283 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2284 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2289 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2290 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2291 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2293 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2294 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2295 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2296 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2299 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2302 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2304 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2306 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2309 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2311 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2312 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2315 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2316 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2317 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2320 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2323 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2327 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2328 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2329 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2330 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2336 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2339 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2340 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2341 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2344 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2346 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2348 enum nl80211_attrs {
2349 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2350 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2356 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2361 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2362 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2363 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2364 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2365 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2367 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2369 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2370 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2372 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2373 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2374 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2375 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2376 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2379 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2381 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2383 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2384 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2386 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2389 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2392 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2394 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2397 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2401 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2404 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2405 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2415 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2419 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2420 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2422 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2426 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2431 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2432 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2434 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2435 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2437 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2440 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2441 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2442 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2451 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2455 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2457 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2461 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2462 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2468 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2480 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2482 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2484 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2486 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2488 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2498 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2502 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2507 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2509 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2510 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2512 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2514 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2515 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2519 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2523 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2543 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2550 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2560 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2579 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2581 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2594 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2602 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2606 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2608 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2610 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2612 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2621 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2631 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2645 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2647 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2649 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2657 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2659 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2673 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2692 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2703 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2705 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2709 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2711 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2713 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2714 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2716 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2728 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2732 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2734 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2736 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2738 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2740 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2744 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2746 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2750 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2757 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2758 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2759 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2767 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2771 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2794 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2797 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2799 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2800 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2801 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2804 /* source-level API compatibility */
2805 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2806 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2807 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2808 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2811 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2814 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2815 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2816 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2817 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2818 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2819 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2820 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2821 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2822 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2823 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2824 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2825 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2826 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2827 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2828 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2829 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2830 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2831 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2832 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2833 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2834 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2836 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2838 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2839 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2840 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2841 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2842 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2843 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2844 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2845 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2846 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2847 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
2848 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2849 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2851 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2853 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2854 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2856 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2859 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2861 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2862 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2863 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2864 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2865 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2866 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2867 * AP type interface.
2868 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2869 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2870 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2871 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2872 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2873 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2874 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2875 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2876 * commands to create and destroy one
2877 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2878 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2879 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2880 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2881 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2883 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2884 * to set the type of an interface.
2887 enum nl80211_iftype {
2888 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2889 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2890 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2892 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2894 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2895 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2896 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2897 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2898 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2903 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2904 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2908 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2910 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2911 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2913 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2914 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2915 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2916 * with short barker preamble
2917 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2918 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2919 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2920 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2921 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2922 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2923 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2925 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2926 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2927 * previously added station into associated state
2928 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2929 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2931 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2932 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2933 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2934 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2935 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2936 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2937 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2938 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2939 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2942 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2943 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2947 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2949 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2950 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2951 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2953 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2954 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2955 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2957 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2960 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2963 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2964 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2965 * @set: which values to set them to
2967 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2969 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2972 } __attribute__((packed));
2975 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
2976 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
2977 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
2978 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
2980 enum nl80211_he_gi {
2981 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
2982 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
2983 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
2987 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
2988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
2989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
2990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
2991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
2992 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
2993 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
2994 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
2996 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
2997 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
2998 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
2999 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3000 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3001 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3002 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3003 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3007 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3009 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3010 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3011 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3012 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3013 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3014 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3015 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3016 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3017 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3019 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3020 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3021 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3022 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3023 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3024 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3025 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3026 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3027 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3028 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3029 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3030 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3031 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3032 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3033 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3034 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3035 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3036 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3037 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3038 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3041 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3044 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3045 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3047 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3048 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3049 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3050 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3051 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3052 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3053 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3054 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3055 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3056 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3057 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3058 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3059 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3060 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3061 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3062 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3063 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3064 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3065 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3068 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3073 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3075 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3076 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3078 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3079 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3080 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3082 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3084 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3085 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3086 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3087 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3089 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3090 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3091 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3092 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3093 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3094 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3095 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3098 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3099 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3103 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3105 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3106 * when getting information about a station.
3108 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3109 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3110 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3111 * (u32, from this station)
3112 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3113 * (u32, to this station)
3114 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3115 * (u64, from this station)
3116 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3117 * (u64, to this station)
3118 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3119 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3120 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3121 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3122 * (u32, from this station)
3123 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3124 * (u32, to this station)
3125 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3126 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3127 * (u32, to this station)
3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3130 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3132 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3134 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3135 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3136 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3138 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3139 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3140 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3141 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3142 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3143 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3145 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3146 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3147 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3148 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3149 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3150 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3151 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3153 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3154 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3155 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3156 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3157 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3158 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3159 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3160 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3162 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3163 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3165 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3167 * (u32, from this station)
3168 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3169 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3170 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3171 * might not be fully accurate.
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3173 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3175 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3176 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3177 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3178 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3181 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3182 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3183 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3184 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3185 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3186 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3187 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3188 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3189 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3190 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3191 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3192 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3193 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3194 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3195 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3196 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3197 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3198 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3199 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3200 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3201 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3202 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3203 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3204 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3205 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3206 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3207 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3208 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3209 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3210 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3211 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3212 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3213 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3214 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3215 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3216 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3217 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3218 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3219 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3220 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3221 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3222 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3223 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3226 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3230 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3231 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3235 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3236 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3237 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3238 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3239 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3240 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3241 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3242 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3244 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3245 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3246 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3247 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3249 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3250 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3251 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3252 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3253 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3254 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3255 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3256 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3259 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3260 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3264 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3265 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3266 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3267 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3268 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3270 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3271 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3272 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3273 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3274 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3275 * (only for per-phy stats)
3276 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3277 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3278 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3279 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3280 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3282 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3283 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3284 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3285 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3286 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3287 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3288 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3289 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3290 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3291 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3292 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3293 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3294 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3297 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3298 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3302 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3304 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3305 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3306 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3307 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3308 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3310 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3311 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3312 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3313 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3314 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3315 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3319 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3321 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3322 * information about a mesh path.
3324 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3325 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3326 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3327 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3328 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3329 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3330 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3331 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3332 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3333 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3334 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3335 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3337 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3339 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3340 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3341 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3342 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3343 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3344 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3345 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3346 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3347 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3348 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3349 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3352 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3353 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3357 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3359 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3360 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3361 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3362 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3364 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3366 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3368 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3369 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3370 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3372 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3374 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3375 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3377 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3378 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3379 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3380 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3381 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3384 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3385 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3389 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3390 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3391 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3392 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3393 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3394 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3395 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3396 * defined in 802.11n
3397 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3398 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3399 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3400 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3401 * defined in 802.11ac
3402 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3403 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3404 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3405 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3406 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3408 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3409 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3410 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3411 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3413 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3414 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3415 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3416 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3418 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3419 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3420 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3423 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3424 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3427 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3430 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3432 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3433 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3434 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3435 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3436 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3437 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3438 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3440 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3441 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3442 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3443 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3448 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3449 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3453 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3454 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3455 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3456 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3457 * regulatory domain.
3458 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3459 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3460 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3461 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3462 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3463 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3465 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3466 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3467 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3468 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3469 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3470 * channel as the control channel
3471 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3472 * channel as the control channel
3473 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3474 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3475 * this includes 80+80 channels
3476 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3477 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3479 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3480 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3481 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3482 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3483 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3484 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3485 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3486 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3487 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3488 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3489 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3490 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3491 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3492 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3493 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3494 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3495 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3496 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3497 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3498 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3499 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3500 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3501 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3502 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3503 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3504 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3506 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3508 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3509 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3510 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3511 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3513 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3514 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3515 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3516 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3517 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3518 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3519 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3520 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3521 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3522 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3523 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3524 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3525 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3526 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3527 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3528 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3529 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3530 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3531 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3532 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3535 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3536 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3539 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3540 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3541 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3542 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3543 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3544 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3547 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3548 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3549 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3550 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3552 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3554 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3556 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3557 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3558 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3559 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3562 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3563 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3567 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3568 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3569 * regulatory domain.
3570 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3571 * regulatory domain.
3572 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3573 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3574 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3575 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3576 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3577 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3578 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3579 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3580 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3582 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3583 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3584 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3585 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3586 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3590 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3591 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3592 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3593 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3594 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3596 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3597 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3598 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3599 * them to be applied.
3600 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3601 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3602 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3603 * domain request to be processed.
3605 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3606 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3607 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3608 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3609 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3613 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3614 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3615 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3616 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3617 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3619 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3621 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3622 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3624 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3625 * frequency range, in KHz.
3626 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3627 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3628 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3629 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3630 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3631 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3632 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3633 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3635 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3637 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3638 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3639 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3641 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3642 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3643 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3645 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3646 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3648 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3651 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3652 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3656 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3657 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3658 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3659 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3660 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3661 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3662 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3663 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3664 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3665 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3666 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3667 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3668 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3669 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3670 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3671 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3672 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3673 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3674 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3675 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3676 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3677 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3678 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3679 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3680 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3681 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3682 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3683 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3684 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3685 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3686 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3687 * attribute number currently defined
3688 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3690 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3691 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3693 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3694 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3695 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3696 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3697 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3698 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3701 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3702 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3703 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3706 /* only for backward compatibility */
3707 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3710 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3712 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3713 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3714 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3715 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3716 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3717 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3718 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3719 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3720 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3722 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3723 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3724 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3725 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3726 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3727 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3728 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3729 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3731 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3732 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3733 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3734 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3735 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3736 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3737 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3738 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3739 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3740 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3741 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3742 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3743 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3744 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3745 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3746 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3749 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3750 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3751 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3752 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3753 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3754 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3756 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3757 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3760 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3762 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3763 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3764 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3765 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3767 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3768 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3769 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3770 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3775 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3777 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3778 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3779 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3780 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3781 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3782 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3783 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3784 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3785 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3786 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3787 * supported feature.
3788 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3789 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3791 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3792 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3793 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3794 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3798 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3800 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3801 * when getting information about a survey.
3803 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3804 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3805 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3806 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3807 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3808 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3809 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3810 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3811 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3812 * channel was sensed busy
3813 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3814 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3815 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3816 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3817 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3818 * (on this channel or globally)
3819 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3820 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3822 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3824 enum nl80211_survey_info {
3825 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3826 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3827 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3828 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3829 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3830 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3831 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3832 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3833 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3834 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3835 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3838 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3839 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3842 /* keep old names for compatibility */
3843 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3844 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3845 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3846 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3847 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3850 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3852 * Monitor configuration flags.
3854 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3856 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3857 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3858 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3859 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3860 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3861 * overrides all other flags.
3862 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3863 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3865 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3866 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3868 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3869 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3870 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3871 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3872 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3873 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3874 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3875 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3878 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3879 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3883 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3885 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3886 * not known or has not been set yet.
3887 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3888 * in Awake state all the time.
3889 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3890 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3891 * neighbor's beacons.
3892 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3893 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3894 * for neighbor's beacons.
3896 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3897 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3900 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3901 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3902 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3903 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3904 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3906 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3907 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3911 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3913 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3916 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3918 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3919 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3921 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3922 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3924 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3927 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3928 * on this mesh interface
3930 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3931 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3934 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3938 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3939 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3942 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3943 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3946 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3950 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3952 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3953 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3954 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3957 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3961 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3964 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3966 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3967 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3969 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3970 * root announcements are transmitted.
3972 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3973 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3974 * Announcement frames.
3976 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3977 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3980 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3981 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3984 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3987 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3988 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3993 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3996 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3997 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4000 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4003 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4004 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4007 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4009 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4011 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4012 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4013 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4014 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4016 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4017 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4018 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4019 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4021 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4023 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4024 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4025 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4026 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4027 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4028 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4029 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4030 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4031 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4032 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4033 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4034 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4035 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4036 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4037 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4038 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4039 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4040 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4041 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4042 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4043 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4044 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4045 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4046 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4047 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4048 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4049 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4050 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4051 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4052 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4053 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4056 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4057 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4061 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4063 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4064 * changed while the mesh is active.
4066 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4068 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4069 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4072 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4073 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4076 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4077 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4078 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4081 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4082 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4084 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4085 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4086 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4087 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4088 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4089 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4090 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4091 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4094 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4095 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4096 * neighbor offset synchronization
4098 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4099 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4101 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4102 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4103 * Default is no authentication method required.
4105 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4107 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4109 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4110 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4111 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4112 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4113 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4114 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4115 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4116 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4117 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4118 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4121 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4122 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4126 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4127 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4128 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4129 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4131 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4132 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4133 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4134 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4135 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4136 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4137 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4139 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4140 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4141 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4142 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4143 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4144 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4145 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4148 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4149 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4160 /* backward compat */
4161 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4162 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4163 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4164 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4165 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4168 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4169 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4170 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4171 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4172 * below the control channel
4173 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4174 * above the control channel
4176 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4179 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4180 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4184 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4186 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4187 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4189 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4190 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4192 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4193 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4194 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4195 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4196 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4198 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4205 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4207 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4210 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4211 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4212 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4213 * attribute must be provided as well
4214 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4215 * attribute must be provided as well
4216 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4217 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4218 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4219 * attribute must be provided as well
4220 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4221 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4223 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4224 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4225 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4226 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4227 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4228 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4229 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4230 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4231 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4235 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4237 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4239 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4240 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4241 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4243 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4244 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4245 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4246 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4250 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4252 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4253 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4254 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4255 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4256 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4257 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4258 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4259 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4260 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4261 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4262 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4263 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4264 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4265 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4266 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4267 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4268 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4269 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4270 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4271 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4272 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4273 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4274 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4275 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4276 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4277 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4279 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4280 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4281 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4282 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4283 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4284 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4285 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4286 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4287 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4288 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4289 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4290 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4291 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4292 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4293 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4295 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4296 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4297 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4298 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4299 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4302 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4304 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4306 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4307 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4308 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4309 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4310 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4312 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4313 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4314 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4315 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4316 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4317 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4319 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4320 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4321 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4324 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4325 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4329 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4330 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4331 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4332 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4334 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4335 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4337 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4338 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4340 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4341 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4342 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4343 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4347 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4349 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4350 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4351 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4352 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4353 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4354 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4355 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4356 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4357 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4358 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4359 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4360 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4361 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4363 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4364 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4365 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4366 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4367 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4368 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4369 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4370 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4371 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4374 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4375 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4376 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4380 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4381 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4382 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4383 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4384 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4386 enum nl80211_key_type {
4387 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4388 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4389 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4391 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4395 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4396 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4397 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4398 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4402 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4403 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4406 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4407 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4408 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4412 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4413 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4414 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4416 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4418 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4420 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4421 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4422 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4423 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4425 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4429 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4430 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4431 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4432 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4434 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4435 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4436 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4437 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4438 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4439 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4440 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4441 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4442 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4443 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4444 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4445 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4446 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4447 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4448 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4450 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4451 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4453 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4454 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4459 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4460 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4462 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4466 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4467 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4471 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4472 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4473 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4474 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4475 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4476 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4477 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4478 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4479 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4480 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4481 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4482 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4483 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4485 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4486 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4487 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4493 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4494 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4497 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4498 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4501 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4502 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4504 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4505 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4508 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4509 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4510 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4511 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4515 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4516 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4517 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4518 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4519 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4520 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4531 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4532 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4533 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4535 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4536 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4541 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4542 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4543 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4544 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4545 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4546 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4547 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4548 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4549 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4550 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4551 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4552 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4553 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4554 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4555 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4556 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4557 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4558 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4559 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4560 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4562 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4563 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4564 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4565 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4566 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4569 * RSSI threshold event.
4570 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4571 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4573 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4574 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4575 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4576 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4577 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4578 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4579 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4580 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4581 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4582 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4583 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4586 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4587 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4591 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4592 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4593 * configured threshold
4594 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4595 * configured threshold
4596 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4598 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4599 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4600 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4601 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4606 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4607 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4608 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4609 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4611 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4612 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4613 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4614 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4618 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4619 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4620 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4621 * a zero bit are ignored
4622 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4623 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4624 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4625 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4626 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4627 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4628 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4629 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4630 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4631 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4632 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4633 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4634 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4635 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4636 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4638 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4639 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4640 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4641 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4642 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4645 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4649 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4650 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4651 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4652 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4653 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4655 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4656 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4657 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4658 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4659 * by the kernel to userspace.
4661 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4663 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4664 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4665 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4666 } __attribute__((packed));
4668 /* only for backward compatibility */
4669 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4670 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4671 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4672 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4673 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4674 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4675 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4678 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4679 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4680 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4681 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4682 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4683 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4684 * any others are even supported by the device.
4685 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4686 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4687 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4688 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4689 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4690 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4691 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4692 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4693 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4694 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4695 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4697 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4698 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4700 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4701 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4702 * to the kernel when configuring.
4703 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4704 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4705 * by the device (flag)
4706 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4707 * done by the device) (flag)
4708 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4710 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4711 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4712 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4714 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4715 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4716 * attribute contains the original length.
4717 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4718 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4719 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4720 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4721 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4722 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4723 * contains the original length.
4724 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4725 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4726 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4728 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4729 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4730 * the TCP connection.
4731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4732 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4734 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4735 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4736 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4738 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4739 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4740 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4741 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4742 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4743 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4744 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4746 * supported by the driver (u32).
4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4748 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4749 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4750 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4751 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4753 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4754 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4755 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4756 * these attributes must be present. If
4757 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4758 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4760 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4761 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4763 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4764 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4766 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4767 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4768 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4769 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4770 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4771 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4772 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4773 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4774 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4775 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4776 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4777 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4778 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4779 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4780 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4781 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4782 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4783 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4784 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4785 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4786 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4789 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4790 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4794 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4796 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4797 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4798 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4799 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4800 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4801 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4802 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4803 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4804 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4806 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4807 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4808 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4809 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4812 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4813 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4817 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4818 * @start: starting value
4819 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4820 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4822 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4823 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4826 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4827 __u32 start, offset, len;
4831 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4832 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4833 * @len: length of each token
4834 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4835 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4837 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4839 __u8 token_stream[];
4843 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4844 * @min_len: minimum token length
4845 * @max_len: maximum token length
4846 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4848 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4849 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4853 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4854 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4855 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4856 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4857 * (in network byte order)
4858 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4859 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4860 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4861 * might require ARP querying.
4862 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4863 * socket and port will be allocated
4864 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4865 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4866 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4867 * of the data payload.
4868 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4869 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4870 * advertising it is just a flag
4871 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4872 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4873 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4874 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4875 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4876 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4877 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4879 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4880 * but on the TCP payload only.
4881 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4882 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4884 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4885 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4886 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4887 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4888 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4889 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4896 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4899 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4900 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4904 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4905 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4906 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4907 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4909 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4910 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4912 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4914 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4916 } __attribute__((packed));
4919 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4920 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4921 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4922 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4923 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4924 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4925 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4926 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4927 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4929 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4930 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4931 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4932 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4933 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4936 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4937 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4941 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4942 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4943 * in a rule are matched.
4944 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4945 * in a rule are not matched.
4947 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4948 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4949 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4953 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4954 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4955 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4956 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4957 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4958 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4959 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4960 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4962 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4963 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4964 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4965 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4968 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4969 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4973 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4975 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4976 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4977 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4978 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4979 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4980 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4981 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4982 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4983 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4984 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4985 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4986 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4987 * different channels may be used within this group.
4988 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4989 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4990 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4991 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4992 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4993 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4994 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4995 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4996 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4999 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5000 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5002 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5003 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5005 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5006 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5008 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5009 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5011 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5012 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5013 * that any of these groups must match.
5015 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5016 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5017 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5018 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5019 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5021 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5022 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5023 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5024 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5025 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5026 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5027 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5028 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5029 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5032 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5033 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5038 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5040 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5041 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5042 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5044 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5045 * from this mesh peer
5046 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5047 * received from this mesh peer
5048 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5049 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5050 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5051 * plink are discarded
5052 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5053 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5055 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5056 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5057 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5058 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5059 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5060 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5061 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5062 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5065 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5066 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5070 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5072 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5073 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5074 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5075 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5077 enum plink_actions {
5078 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5079 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5080 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5082 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5086 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5087 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5088 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5091 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5092 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5093 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5094 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5095 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5096 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5097 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5099 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5100 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5101 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5102 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5103 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5106 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5107 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5111 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5112 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5114 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5116 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5117 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5119 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5120 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5121 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5122 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5126 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5127 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5128 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5129 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5130 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5131 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5132 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5133 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5135 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5136 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5137 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5138 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5141 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5142 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5146 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5147 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5148 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5150 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5151 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5152 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5154 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5157 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5158 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5159 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5160 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5161 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5164 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5165 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5169 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5170 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5171 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5172 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5173 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5174 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5176 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5177 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5179 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5180 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5181 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5185 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5186 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5187 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5188 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5193 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5194 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5195 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5197 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5198 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5199 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5200 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5201 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5202 * cellular base stations.
5203 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5204 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5205 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5206 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5208 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5209 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5210 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5211 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5212 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5213 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5214 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5215 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5217 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5219 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5220 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5221 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5222 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5223 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5224 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5225 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5226 * states using station flags.
5227 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5228 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5229 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5230 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5231 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5233 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5234 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5235 * still generated by the driver.
5236 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5237 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5238 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5239 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5240 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5241 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5242 * lifetime of a BSS.
5243 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5244 * Set IE to probe requests.
5245 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5246 * to probe requests.
5247 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5248 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5250 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5251 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5252 * Measurement Report action frame.
5253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5254 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5257 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5258 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5260 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5261 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5262 * rts/cts handshake.
5263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5264 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5265 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5266 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5268 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5269 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5271 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5273 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5274 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5275 * address mask/value will be used.
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5277 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5278 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5279 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5281 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5282 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5283 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5285 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5286 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5287 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5288 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5289 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5290 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5291 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5292 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5293 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5294 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5295 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5296 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5297 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5298 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5299 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5300 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5301 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5302 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5303 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5304 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5305 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5306 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5307 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5308 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5309 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5310 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5311 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5312 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5313 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5314 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5315 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5316 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5317 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
5321 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5322 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5323 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5324 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5325 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5326 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5327 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5328 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5329 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5330 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5331 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5332 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5333 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5334 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5335 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5336 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5338 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5339 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5340 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5342 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5343 * channel dwell time.
5344 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5345 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5346 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5347 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5349 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5350 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5351 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5352 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5353 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5355 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5357 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5358 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5359 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5360 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5361 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5363 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5365 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5366 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5367 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5368 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5369 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5371 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5372 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5373 * actual dwell time.
5374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5377 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5378 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5379 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5380 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5381 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5385 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5386 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5387 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5388 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5389 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5390 * "radar detected" event.
5391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5392 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5394 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5398 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5399 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5400 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5401 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5402 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5403 * timing measurement responder role.
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5406 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5407 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5408 * freeze the connection.
5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5410 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5412 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5413 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5417 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5420 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5425 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5426 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5428 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5429 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5430 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5431 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5432 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5433 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5434 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5435 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5436 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5437 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5438 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5439 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5440 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5441 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5442 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5443 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5444 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5445 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5446 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5447 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5448 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5449 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5450 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5451 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5452 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5453 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5454 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5455 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5456 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5457 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5458 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5459 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5460 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5461 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5470 /* add new features before the definition below */
5471 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5472 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5476 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5477 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5478 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5479 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5480 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5481 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5484 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5485 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5486 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5487 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5489 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5490 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5491 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5492 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5493 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5497 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5498 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5499 * handled by the AP is reached.
5500 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5502 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5503 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5504 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5508 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5510 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5511 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5512 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5513 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5515 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5516 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5517 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5518 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5519 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5523 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5525 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5526 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5529 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5530 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5531 * one of them can be used in the request.
5533 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5534 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5535 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5536 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5537 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5538 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5539 * when really needed
5540 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5541 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5542 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5543 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5544 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5545 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5546 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5547 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5548 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5549 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5550 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5551 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5552 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5553 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5554 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5555 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5556 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5557 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5558 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5559 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5561 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5562 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5563 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5564 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5565 * impacted with this flag.
5566 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5567 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5568 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5569 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5570 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5571 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5572 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5573 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5574 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5575 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5577 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5578 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5579 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5581 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5582 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5583 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5584 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5585 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5586 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5587 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5588 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5589 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5590 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5591 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5592 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5593 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5594 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5598 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5600 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5601 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5602 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5604 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5605 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5606 * in ACL to authenticate.
5607 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5608 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5610 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5611 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5612 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5616 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5618 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5620 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5621 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5622 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5623 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5625 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5627 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5628 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5630 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5631 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5635 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5637 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5638 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5640 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5642 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5643 * the channel is now available.
5644 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5645 * change to the channel status.
5646 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5647 * over, channel becomes usable.
5648 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5649 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5650 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5651 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5652 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5653 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5655 enum nl80211_radar_event {
5656 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5657 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5658 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5659 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5660 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5661 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5665 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5667 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5669 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5670 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5671 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5672 * is therefore marked as not available.
5673 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5675 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5677 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5678 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5682 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5683 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5684 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5685 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5686 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5687 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5689 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5690 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5694 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5696 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5697 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5698 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5699 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5700 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5702 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5703 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5704 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5705 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5706 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5707 /* add other protocols before this one */
5708 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5711 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5712 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5715 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5717 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5719 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5720 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5721 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5722 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5723 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5725 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5726 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5727 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5731 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5732 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5733 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5735 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5738 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5739 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5740 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5741 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5742 * added to this file when needed.
5743 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5745 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5751 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5753 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5754 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5756 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5757 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5758 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5760 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5761 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5762 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5763 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5767 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5768 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5769 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5771 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5772 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5773 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5774 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5775 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5777 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5779 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5780 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5781 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5782 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5785 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5786 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5787 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5791 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5793 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5794 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5795 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5797 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5800 } __attribute__((packed));
5803 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5805 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5806 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5808 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5809 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5810 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5811 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5812 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5813 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5814 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5815 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5816 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5817 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5818 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5820 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5821 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5822 * which the driver shall use.
5824 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5825 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5826 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5827 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5828 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5831 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5832 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5836 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5838 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5840 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5841 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5842 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5844 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5845 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5846 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5847 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5850 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5855 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5857 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5859 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5860 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5862 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5863 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5864 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5868 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5870 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5872 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5873 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5874 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5876 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5877 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5878 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5879 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5882 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5883 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5884 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5887 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5888 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5889 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5890 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5891 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5892 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5893 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5894 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5895 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5896 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5897 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5898 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5899 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5900 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5901 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5902 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5903 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5904 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5905 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5906 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5907 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5908 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5910 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5911 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5912 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5913 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5914 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5915 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5916 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5917 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5918 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5919 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5920 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5921 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5922 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5923 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5925 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5928 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5929 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5930 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5931 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5932 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5933 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5934 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5935 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5936 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5937 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5938 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5939 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5940 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5941 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5942 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5943 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5944 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5945 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5948 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5949 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5953 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5954 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5955 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5957 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5958 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5959 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5960 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5961 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5962 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5963 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5964 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5965 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5967 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5968 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5969 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5971 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5972 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5975 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5976 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5980 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5981 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5982 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5983 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5984 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5986 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5987 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5989 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5990 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5992 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5993 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5994 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5995 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5998 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5999 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6003 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6004 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6005 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6006 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6008 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6009 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6010 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6014 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6015 * responder attributes
6016 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6017 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6018 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6019 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6020 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6021 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6022 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6023 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6024 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6025 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6027 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6028 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6030 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6031 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6032 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6035 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6036 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6040 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6042 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6043 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6045 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6046 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6047 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6048 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6049 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6050 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6051 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6052 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6053 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6054 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6055 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6056 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6057 * phase with the responder (u32)
6058 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6059 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6061 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6062 * scheduled window (u32)
6063 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6064 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6065 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6067 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6068 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6069 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6070 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6071 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6072 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6073 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6074 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6075 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6076 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6077 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6078 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6081 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6082 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6086 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6087 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6088 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6089 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6090 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6092 enum nl80211_preamble {
6093 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6094 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6095 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6096 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6100 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6101 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6102 * these numbers also for attributes
6104 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6106 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6107 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6109 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6110 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6112 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6114 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6115 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6119 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6120 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6121 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6122 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6123 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6124 * reason may be available in the response data
6126 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6127 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6128 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6129 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6130 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6134 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6135 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6137 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6138 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6139 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6140 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6143 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6144 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6146 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6147 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6149 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6150 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6153 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6154 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6158 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6159 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6162 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6163 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6165 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6166 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6167 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6168 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6169 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6170 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6171 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6173 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6174 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6175 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6177 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6179 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6180 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6182 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6183 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6185 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6186 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6187 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6188 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6189 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6190 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6193 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6194 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6198 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6199 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6201 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6202 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6203 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6205 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6206 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6207 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6208 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6209 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6211 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6212 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6214 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6215 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6217 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6218 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6219 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6220 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6223 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6224 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6228 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6229 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6231 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6232 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6233 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6234 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6235 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6236 * measurement results
6237 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6238 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6239 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6240 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6241 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6242 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6244 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6245 * sub-attributes taken from
6246 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6248 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6249 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6251 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6252 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6254 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6255 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6256 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6257 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6258 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6261 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6262 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6266 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6267 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6269 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6271 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6273 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6274 * data can be requested during the measurement
6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6276 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6278 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6279 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6280 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6281 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6282 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6283 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6284 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6285 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6287 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6288 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6290 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6291 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6293 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6294 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6298 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6299 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6300 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6301 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6302 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6303 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6306 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6311 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6312 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6314 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6316 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6317 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6318 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6319 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6320 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6321 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6322 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6323 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6324 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6326 * requested per burst
6327 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6334 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6337 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6338 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6340 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6341 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6342 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6343 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6344 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6345 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6346 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6347 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6348 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6351 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6352 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6356 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6358 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6360 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6361 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6362 * try and get no response)
6363 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6364 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6367 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6368 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6369 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6371 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6383 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6384 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6386 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6389 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6390 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6392 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6394 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6395 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6396 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6397 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6398 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6399 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6400 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6401 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6402 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6403 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6404 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6405 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6406 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6408 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6410 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6411 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6413 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6414 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6415 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6416 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6418 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6419 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6420 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6421 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6424 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6425 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6428 * (binary, optional);
6429 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6430 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6434 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6435 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6437 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6438 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6445 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6446 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6447 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6448 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6449 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6450 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6451 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6452 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6453 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6459 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6460 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6463 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6464 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6467 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
projects / FreeBSD / FreeBSD.git / blob